Again the word of the LORD came to me, saying,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דְבַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְבַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·ḇar-
                
                
                     Again the word 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·ḇar-
         Again the word 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         came 
    
 
        
            אֵלַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lay
                
                
                     to me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lay
         to me , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     saying , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         saying , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Son of man, prophesy and declare that this is what the Lord GOD says: Wail, ‘Alas for that day!’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     “ Son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         “ Son 
    
 
        
            אָדָ֕ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָדָ֕ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     of man , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         of man , 
    
 
        
            הִנָּבֵא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנָּבֵא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nā·ḇê
                
                
                     prophesy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5012 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prophesy <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to prophesy <BR> 1a1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1a1b) of false prophets<BR> 1b)(Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to prophesy <BR> 1b1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1b1b) of false prophets 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nā·ḇê
         prophesy 
    
 
        
            וְאָ֣מַרְתָּ֔ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָ֣מַרְתָּ֔ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar·tā
                
                
                     and declare 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar·tā
         and declare 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     that this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         that this is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            הֵילִ֖ילוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵילִ֖ילוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·lî·lū
                
                
                     Wail , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Hiphil) to howl, wail, make a howling 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·lî·lū
         Wail , 
    
 
        
            הָ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hāh
                
                
                     ‘ Alas 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1929 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alas! 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hāh
         ‘ Alas 
    
 
        
            לַיּֽוֹם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיּֽוֹם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lay·yō·wm
                
                
                     for that day ! ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lay·yō·wm
         for that day ! ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For the day is near, the Day of the LORD is near. It will be a day of clouds, a time of doom for the nations.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     For 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         For 
    
 
        
            י֔וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֔וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     the day [is] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         the day [is] 
    
 
        
            קָר֣וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָר֣וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·rō·wḇ
                
                
                     near , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7138 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) near <BR> 1a) of place <BR> 1b) of time <BR> 1c) of personal relationship <BR> 1c1) kinship 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·rō·wḇ
         near , 
    
 
        
            י֖וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֖וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     the Day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         the Day 
    
 
        
            לַֽיהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽיהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וְקָר֥וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָר֥וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qā·rō·wḇ
                
                
                     is near . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7138 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) near <BR> 1a) of place <BR> 1b) of time <BR> 1c) of personal relationship <BR> 1c1) kinship 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qā·rō·wḇ
         is near . 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     It will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         It will be 
    
 
        
            י֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     a day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         a day 
    
 
        
            עָנָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nān
                
                
                     of clouds , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6051 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cloud, cloudy, cloud-mass <BR> 1a) cloud-mass (of theophanic cloud) <BR> 1b) cloud 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nān
         of clouds , 
    
 
        
            עֵ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘êṯ
                
                
                     a time 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6256 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of an event) <BR> 1b) time (usual) <BR> 1c) experiences, fortunes <BR> 1d) occurrence, occasion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘êṯ
         a time 
    
 
        
            גּוֹיִ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּוֹיִ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w·yim
                
                
                     [of doom] for the nations . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w·yim
         [of doom] for the nations . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            A sword will come against Egypt, and there will be anguish in Cush when the slain fall in Egypt, its wealth is taken away, and its foundations are torn down.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            חֶ֙רֶב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶ֙רֶב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥe·reḇ
                
                
                     A sword 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥe·reḇ
         A sword 
    
 
        
            וּבָאָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָאָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·’āh
                
                
                     will come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·’āh
         will come 
    
 
        
            בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     against Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miṣ·ra·yim
         against Egypt , 
    
 
        
            וְהָיְתָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיְתָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yə·ṯāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חַלְחָלָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַלְחָלָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥal·ḥā·lāh
                
                
                     and there will be anguish 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pain, trembling, terror, writhing, anguish 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥal·ḥā·lāh
         and there will be anguish 
    
 
        
            בְּכ֔וּשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכ֔וּשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵūš
                
                
                     in Cush 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Cush = |black| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a Benjamite mentioned only in the title of Ps 7:1 <BR> 2) the son of Ham and grandson of Noah and the progenitor of the southernmost peoples located in Africa <BR> 3) the peoples descended from Cush <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) the land occupied by the descendants of Cush located around the southern parts of the Nile (Ethiopia) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵūš
         in Cush 
    
 
        
            חָלָ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָלָ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·lāl
                
                
                     when the slain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2491 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) slain, fatally wounded, pierced <BR> 1a) pierced, fatally wounded <BR> 1b) slain <BR> adj<BR> 2) (CLBL) profaned <BR> 2a) defiled, profaned (by divorce) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·lāl
         when the slain 
    
 
        
            בִּנְפֹ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּנְפֹ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bin·p̄ōl
                
                
                     fall 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bin·p̄ōl
         fall 
    
 
        
            בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     in Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miṣ·rā·yim
         in Egypt , 
    
 
        
            הֲמוֹנָ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲמוֹנָ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·mō·w·nāh
                
                
                     its wealth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1995 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) murmur, roar, crowd, abundance, tumult, sound <BR> 1a) sound, murmur, rush, roar <BR> 1b) tumult, confusion <BR> 1c) crowd, multitude <BR> 1d) great number, abundance <BR> 1e) abundance, wealth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·mō·w·nāh
         its wealth 
    
 
        
            וְלָקְח֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָקְח֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qə·ḥū
                
                
                     is taken away , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qə·ḥū
         is taken away , 
    
 
        
            יְסוֹדֹתֶֽיהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְסוֹדֹתֶֽיהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·sō·w·ḏō·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     and its foundations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3247 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foundation, base <BR> 1a) foundation <BR> 1b) base, bottom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·sō·w·ḏō·ṯe·hā
         and its foundations 
    
 
        
            וְנֶהֶרְס֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֶהֶרְס֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ne·her·sū
                
                
                     are torn down . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2040 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tear down, break down, overthrow, beat down, break, break through, destroy, pluck down, pull down, throw down, ruined, destroyer, utterly <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to throw down, tear down <BR> 1a2) to break through <BR> 1a3) to break down, break away <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be torn down, be thrown down <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to overthrow, tear down <BR> 1c2) destroyer (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ne·her·sū
         are torn down . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Cush, Put, and Lud, and all the various peoples, as well as Libya and the men of the covenant land, will fall with Egypt by the sword.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כּ֣וּשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כּ֣וּשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kūš
                
                
                     Cush , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Cush = |black| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a Benjamite mentioned only in the title of Ps 7:1 <BR> 2) the son of Ham and grandson of Noah and the progenitor of the southernmost peoples located in Africa <BR> 3) the peoples descended from Cush <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) the land occupied by the descendants of Cush located around the southern parts of the Nile (Ethiopia) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kūš
         Cush , 
    
 
        
            וּפ֤וּט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפ֤וּט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ūṭ
                
                
                     Put , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Phut or Put = |a bow|<BR> 1) a nation and people of northern Africa; probably Libyans 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ūṭ
         Put , 
    
 
        
            וְלוּד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלוּד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lūḏ
                
                
                     and Lud , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3865 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Lud or Lydia = |strife| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 4th listed son of Shem and supposed progenitor of the Lydians <BR> n patr <BR> 2) descendants of Lud the son of Shem who settled in northern Africa 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lūḏ
         and Lud , 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            הָעֶ֣רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֶ֣רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘e·reḇ
                
                
                     the various peoples , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6154 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) woof <BR> 1a) as mixed, interwoven <BR> 1b) knitted material <BR> 2) mixture, mixed people, mixed company 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘e·reḇ
         the various peoples , 
    
 
        
            וְכ֔וּב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכ֔וּב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵūḇ
                
                
                     as well as Libya 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3552 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the name of a people in alliance with Nebuchadnezzar and probably located in northern Africa; maybe same as 'Lybia' or 'Lub' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵūḇ
         as well as Libya 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     and the men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         and the men 
    
 
        
            הַבְּרִ֑ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבְּרִ֑ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bə·rîṯ
                
                
                     of the covenant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bə·rîṯ
         of the covenant 
    
 
        
            אֶ֣רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֣רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     land , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         land , 
    
 
        
            יִפֹּֽלוּ׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפֹּֽלוּ׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip·pō·lū
                
                
                     will fall 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip·pō·lū
         will fall 
    
 
        
            אִתָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tām
                
                
                     with [Egypt] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tām
         with [Egypt] 
    
 
        
            בַּחֶ֥רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֶ֥רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥe·reḇ
                
                
                     by the sword . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥe·reḇ
         by the sword . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For this is what the LORD says: The allies of Egypt will fall, and her proud strength will collapse. From Migdol to Syene they will fall by the sword within her, declares the Lord GOD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כֹּ֚ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֚ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     For this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         For this is what 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            סֹמְכֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סֹמְכֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·mə·ḵê
                
                
                     The allies 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5564 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lean, lay, rest, support, put, uphold, lean upon <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lean or lay upon, rest upon, lean against <BR> 1a2) to support, uphold, sustain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to support or brace oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to sustain, refresh, revive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·mə·ḵê
         The allies 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            וְנָֽפְלוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָֽפְלוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·p̄ə·lū
                
                
                     will fall , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·p̄ə·lū
         will fall , 
    
 
        
            גְּא֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּא֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·’ō·wn
                
                
                     and her proud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1347 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) exaltation, majesty, pride <BR> 1a) majesty, exaltation, excellence <BR> 1a1) of nations <BR> 1a2) of God <BR> 1a3) of the Jordan <BR> 1b) pride, arrogance (bad sense) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·’ō·wn
         and her proud 
    
 
        
            עֻזָּ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֻזָּ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘uz·zāh
                
                
                     strength 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5797 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) might, strength <BR> 1a) material or physical <BR> 1b) personal or social or political 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘uz·zāh
         strength 
    
 
        
            וְיָרַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָרַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·raḏ
                
                
                     will collapse . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3381 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go down, descend, decline, march down, sink down <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come down <BR> 1a2) to sink <BR> 1a3) to be prostrated <BR> 1a4) to come down (of revelation) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to bring down <BR> 1b2) to send down <BR> 1b3) to take down <BR> 1b4) to lay prostrate <BR> 1b5) to let down <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought down <BR> 1c2) to be taken down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·raḏ
         will collapse . 
    
 
        
            מִמִּגְדֹּ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּגְדֹּ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miḡ·dōl
                
                
                     From Migdol 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4024 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Migdol = |tower| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a fortified city on the Egyptian border <BR> n m <BR> 2) tower 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miḡ·dōl
         From Migdol 
    
 
        
            סְוֵנֵ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סְוֵנֵ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sə·wê·nêh
                
                
                     to Syene 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5482 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Syene = |her veiling (?)|<BR> 1) a town of Egypt on the frontier of Cush or Ethiopia 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sə·wê·nêh
         to Syene 
    
 
        
            יִפְּלוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפְּלוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip·pə·lū-
                
                
                     they will fall 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip·pə·lū-
         they will fall 
    
 
        
            בַּחֶ֙רֶב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֶ֙רֶב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥe·reḇ
                
                
                     by the sword 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥe·reḇ
         by the sword 
    
 
        
            בָ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇāh
                
                
                     within her , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇāh
         within her , 
    
 
        
            נְאֻ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְאֻ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·’um
                
                
                     declares 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) utterance, declaration (of prophet) <BR> 1a) utterance, declaration, revelation (of prophet in ecstatic state) <BR> 1b) utterance, declaration (elsewhere always preceding divine name) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·’um
         declares 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They will be desolate among desolate lands, and their cities will lie among ruined cities.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָשַׁ֕מּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָשַׁ֕מּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·šam·mū
                
                
                     They will be desolate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be desolate, be appalled, stun, stupefy <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be desolated, be deflowered, be deserted, be appalled <BR> 1a2) to be appalled, be awestruck <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be desolated, be made desolate <BR> 1b2) to be appalled <BR> 1c) (Polel) <BR> 1c1) to be stunned <BR> 1c2) appalling, causing horror (participle) <BR> 1c2a) horror-causer, appaller (subst) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to devastate, ravage, make desolated <BR> 1d2) to appal, show horror <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to lay desolate, be desolated <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) <BR> 1f1) to cause to be desolate <BR> 1f2) to be appalled, be astounded <BR> 1f3) to cause oneself desolation, cause oneself ruin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·šam·mū
         They will be desolate 
    
 
        
            בְּת֖וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֖וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         among 
    
 
        
            נְשַׁמּ֑וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְשַׁמּ֑וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·šam·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     desolate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Participle - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be desolate, be appalled, stun, stupefy <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be desolated, be deflowered, be deserted, be appalled <BR> 1a2) to be appalled, be awestruck <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be desolated, be made desolate <BR> 1b2) to be appalled <BR> 1c) (Polel) <BR> 1c1) to be stunned <BR> 1c2) appalling, causing horror (participle) <BR> 1c2a) horror-causer, appaller (subst) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to devastate, ravage, make desolated <BR> 1d2) to appal, show horror <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to lay desolate, be desolated <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) <BR> 1f1) to cause to be desolate <BR> 1f2) to be appalled, be astounded <BR> 1f3) to cause oneself desolation, cause oneself ruin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·šam·mō·wṯ
         desolate 
    
 
        
            אֲרָצ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲרָצ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rā·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     lands , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rā·ṣō·wṯ
         lands , 
    
 
        
            וְעָרָ֕יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָרָ֕יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·rāw
                
                
                     and their cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·rāw
         and their cities 
    
 
        
            תִּֽהְיֶֽינָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽהְיֶֽינָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·ye·nāh
                
                
                     will lie 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·ye·nāh
         will lie 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ-
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ-
         among 
    
 
        
            נַחֲרָב֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲרָב֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·rā·ḇō·wṯ
                
                
                     ruined 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Participle - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2717 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be waste, lay waste, make desolate, be desolate, be in ruins <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be waste, be desolate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made desolate <BR> 1b2) desolate (participle) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to lay waste, make desolate <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be laid waste <BR> 2) to be dry, be dried up <BR> 2a) (Qal) to be dried, be dried up <BR> 2b) (Pual) to be dried <BR> 2c) (Hiphil) to dry up <BR> 2d) (Hophal) to be dried up <BR> 3) to attack, smite down, slay, fight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·rā·ḇō·wṯ
         ruined 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then they will know that I am the LORD when I set fire to Egypt and all her helpers are shattered.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְיָדְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     Then they will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         Then they will know 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD 
    
 
        
            בְּתִתִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתִתִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯit·tî-
                
                
                     when I set 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯit·tî-
         when I set 
    
 
        
            אֵ֣שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֣שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êš
                
                
                     fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êš
         fire 
    
 
        
            בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     to Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miṣ·ra·yim
         to Egypt 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and all 
    
 
        
            עֹזְרֶֽיהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹזְרֶֽיהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·zə·re·hā
                
                
                     her helpers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5826 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to help, succour, support <BR> 1a) (Qal) to help <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be helped <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to help 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·zə·re·hā
         her helpers 
    
 
        
            וְנִשְׁבְּר֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִשְׁבְּר֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niš·bə·rū
                
                
                     are shattered . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break, break in pieces <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) break, break in or down, rend violently, wreck, crush, quench <BR> 1a2) to break, rupture (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be broken, be maimed, be crippled, be wrecked <BR> 1b2) to be broken, be crushed (fig) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to shatter, break <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to break out, bring to the birth <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be broken, be shattered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niš·bə·rū
         are shattered . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On that day messengers will go out from Me in ships to frighten Cush out of complacency. Anguish will come upon them on the day of Egypt’s doom. For it is indeed coming.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַה֗וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֗וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     On that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         On that 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            מַלְאָכִ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאָכִ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’ā·ḵîm
                
                
                     messengers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’ā·ḵîm
         messengers 
    
 
        
            יֵצְא֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵצְא֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yê·ṣə·’ū
                
                
                     will go out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yê·ṣə·’ū
         will go out 
    
 
        
            מִלְּפָנַי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּפָנַי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·p̄ā·nay
                
                
                     from Me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·p̄ā·nay
         from Me 
    
 
        
            בַּצִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּצִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baṣ·ṣîm
                
                
                     in ships 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6716 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ship 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baṣ·ṣîm
         in ships 
    
 
        
            לְהַחֲרִ֖יד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַחֲרִ֖יד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ha·ḥă·rîḏ
                
                
                     to frighten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2729 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tremble, quake, move about, be afraid, be startled, be terrified <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to tremble, quake (of a mountain) <BR> 1a2) to tremble (of people) <BR> 1a3) to be anxiously careful <BR> 1a4) to go or come trembling (with prep) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to tremble <BR> 1b2) to drive in terror, rout (an army) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ha·ḥă·rîḏ
         to frighten 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כּ֣וּשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כּ֣וּשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kūš
                
                
                     Cush 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Cush = |black| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a Benjamite mentioned only in the title of Ps 7:1 <BR> 2) the son of Ham and grandson of Noah and the progenitor of the southernmost peoples located in Africa <BR> 3) the peoples descended from Cush <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) the land occupied by the descendants of Cush located around the southern parts of the Nile (Ethiopia) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kūš
         Cush 
    
 
        
            בֶּ֑טַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּ֑טַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    be·ṭaḥ
                
                
                     out of complacency . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        983 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) security, safety <BR> adv <BR> 2) securely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        be·ṭaḥ
         out of complacency . 
    
 
        
            חַלְחָלָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַלְחָלָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥal·ḥā·lāh
                
                
                     Anguish 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pain, trembling, terror, writhing, anguish 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥal·ḥā·lāh
         Anguish 
    
 
        
            וְהָיְתָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיְתָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     will come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yə·ṯāh
         will come 
    
 
        
            בָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·hem
                
                
                     upon them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·hem
         upon them 
    
 
        
            בְּי֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּי֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yō·wm
                
                
                     on the day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yō·wm
         on the day 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt’s [doom] . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt’s [doom] . 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     For 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         For 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     it is indeed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         it is indeed 
    
 
        
            בָּאָֽה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאָֽה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’āh
                
                
                     coming . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’āh
         coming . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what the Lord GOD says: I will put an end to the hordes of Egypt by the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אָמַ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            וְהִשְׁבַּתִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִשְׁבַּתִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiš·bat·tî
                
                
                     I will put an end 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cease, desist, rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cease <BR> 1a2) to rest, desist (from labour)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to cease <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to cease, put an end to <BR> 1c2) to exterminate, destroy <BR> 1c3) to cause to desist from <BR> 1c4) to remove <BR> 1c5) to cause to fail <BR> 2) (Qal) to keep or observe the sabbath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiš·bat·tî
         I will put an end 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הֲמ֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲמ֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·mō·wn
                
                
                     to the hordes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1995 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) murmur, roar, crowd, abundance, tumult, sound <BR> 1a) sound, murmur, rush, roar <BR> 1b) tumult, confusion <BR> 1c) crowd, multitude <BR> 1d) great number, abundance <BR> 1e) abundance, wealth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·mō·wn
         to the hordes 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            בְּיַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ
                
                
                     by the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ
         by the hand 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·reṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     of Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5019 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar or Nebuchadrezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·reṣ·ṣar
         of Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            מֶלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         king 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon . 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     This is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         This is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He and his people with him, the most ruthless of the nations, will be brought in to destroy the land. They will draw their swords against Egypt and fill the land with the slain.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            ה֠וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֠וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     He 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         He 
    
 
        
            וְעַמּ֤וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַמּ֤וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘am·mōw
                
                
                     and his people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘am·mōw
         and his people 
    
 
        
            אִתּוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתּוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tōw
                
                
                     with him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tōw
         with him , 
    
 
        
            עָרִיצֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִיצֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rî·ṣê
                
                
                     the most ruthless 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6184 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) awe-inspiring, terror-striking, awesome, terrifying, ruthless, mighty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rî·ṣê
         the most ruthless 
    
 
        
            גוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡō·w·yim
                
                
                     of the nations , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡō·w·yim
         of the nations , 
    
 
        
            מֽוּבָאִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֽוּבָאִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mū·ḇā·’îm
                
                
                     will be brought in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mū·ḇā·’îm
         will be brought in 
    
 
        
            לְשַׁחֵ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשַׁחֵ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ša·ḥêṯ
                
                
                     to destroy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7843 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to destroy, corrupt, go to ruin, decay<BR> 1a) (Niphal) to be marred, be spoiled, be corrupted, be corrupt, be injured, be ruined, be rotted <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to spoil, ruin <BR> 1b2) to pervert, corrupt, deal corruptly (morally) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to spoil, ruin, destroy <BR> 1c2) to pervert, corrupt (morally) <BR> 1c3) destroyer (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hophal) spoiled, ruined (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ša·ḥêṯ
         to destroy 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land . 
    
 
        
            וְהֵרִ֤יקוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵרִ֤יקוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·rî·qū
                
                
                     They will draw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make empty, empty out <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to empty, keep empty or hungry <BR> 1a2) to pour out or down <BR> 1a3) to empty out <BR> 1b) (Hophal) to be emptied out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·rî·qū
         They will draw 
    
 
        
            חַרְבוֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְבוֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·ḇō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     their swords 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·ḇō·w·ṯām
         their swords 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         Egypt 
    
 
        
            וּמָלְא֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָלְא֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·lə·’ū
                
                
                     and fill 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·lə·’ū
         and fill 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            חָלָֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָלָֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·lāl
                
                
                     with the slain . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2491 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) slain, fatally wounded, pierced <BR> 1a) pierced, fatally wounded <BR> 1b) slain <BR> adj<BR> 2) (CLBL) profaned <BR> 2a) defiled, profaned (by divorce) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·lāl
         with the slain . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will make the streams dry up and sell the land to the wicked. By the hands of foreigners I will bring desolation upon the land and everything in it. I, the LORD, have spoken.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     I will make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         I will make 
    
 
        
            יְאֹרִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְאֹרִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·’ō·rîm
                
                
                     the streams 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·’ō·rîm
         the streams 
    
 
        
            חָֽרָבָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָֽרָבָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·rā·ḇāh
                
                
                     dry up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2724 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry land, dry ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·rā·ḇāh
         dry up 
    
 
        
            וּמָכַרְתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָכַרְתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·ḵar·tî
                
                
                     and sell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sell <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sell <BR> 1a2) seller (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be sold <BR> 1b2) to sell oneself <BR> 1b3) to be given over to death <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to sell oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·ḵar·tî
         and sell 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            בְּיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            רָעִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָעִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·‘îm
                
                
                     the wicked . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) bad, evil <BR> 1a) bad, disagreeable, malignant <BR> 1b) bad, unpleasant, evil (giving pain, unhappiness, misery) <BR> 1c) evil, displeasing <BR> 1d) bad (of its kind-land, water, etc) <BR> 1e) bad (of value) <BR> 1f) worse than, worst (comparison) <BR> 1g) sad, unhappy <BR> 1h) evil (hurtful) <BR> 1i) bad, unkind (vicious in disposition) <BR> 1j) bad, evil, wicked (ethically) <BR> 1j1) in general, of persons, of thoughts <BR> 1j2) deeds, actions <BR> n m <BR> 2) evil, distress, misery, injury, calamity <BR> 2a) evil, distress, adversity <BR> 2b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 2c) evil (ethical) <BR> n f <BR> 3) evil, misery, distress, injury <BR> 3a) evil, misery, distress <BR> 3b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 3c) evil (ethical) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·‘îm
         the wicked . 
    
 
        
            בְּיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     By the hands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ-
         By the hands 
    
 
        
            זָרִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָרִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·rîm
                
                
                     of foreigners 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2114 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be strange, be a stranger <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become estranged <BR> 1a2) strange, another, stranger, foreigner, an enemy (participle) <BR> 1a3) loathsome (of breath) (participle) <BR> 1a4) strange woman, prostitute, harlot (meton) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be estranged <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be a stranger, be one alienated 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·rîm
         of foreigners 
    
 
        
            וַהֲשִׁמֹּתִ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲשִׁמֹּתִ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·šim·mō·ṯî
                
                
                     I will bring desolation 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be desolate, be appalled, stun, stupefy <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be desolated, be deflowered, be deserted, be appalled <BR> 1a2) to be appalled, be awestruck <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be desolated, be made desolate <BR> 1b2) to be appalled <BR> 1c) (Polel) <BR> 1c1) to be stunned <BR> 1c2) appalling, causing horror (participle) <BR> 1c2a) horror-causer, appaller (subst) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to devastate, ravage, make desolated <BR> 1d2) to appal, show horror <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to lay desolate, be desolated <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) <BR> 1f1) to cause to be desolate <BR> 1f2) to be appalled, be astounded <BR> 1f3) to cause oneself desolation, cause oneself ruin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·šim·mō·ṯî
         I will bring desolation 
    
 
        
            אֶ֤רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֤רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     upon the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         upon the land 
    
 
        
            וּמְלֹאָהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְלֹאָהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·lō·’āh
                
                
                     and everything in it . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fulness, that which fills <BR> 1a) fulness, handful <BR> 1b) mass, multitude <BR> 1c) fulness, that which fills, entire contents <BR> 1d) full length, full line 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·lō·’āh
         and everything in it . 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            דִּבַּֽרְתִּי׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבַּֽרְתִּי׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·bar·tî
                
                
                     have spoken . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·bar·tî
         have spoken . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what the Lord GOD says: I will destroy the idols and put an end to the images in Memphis. There will no longer be a prince in Egypt, and I will instill fear in that land.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כֹּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh-
                
                
                     This is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh-
         This is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֞ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֞ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            וְהַאֲבַדְתִּ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַאֲבַדְתִּ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ha·’ă·ḇaḏ·tî
                
                
                     I will destroy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perish, vanish, go astray, be destroyed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) perish, die, be exterminated <BR> 1a2) perish, vanish (fig.) <BR> 1a3) be lost, strayed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to destroy, kill, cause to perish, to give up (as lost), exterminate <BR> 1b2) to blot out, do away with, cause to vanish, (fig.) <BR> 1b3) cause to stray, lose <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to destroy, put to death <BR> 1c1a) of divine judgment <BR> 1c2) object name of kings (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ha·’ă·ḇaḏ·tî
         I will destroy 
    
 
        
            גִלּוּלִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִלּוּלִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡil·lū·lîm
                
                
                     the idols 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1544 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) idols 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡil·lū·lîm
         the idols 
    
 
        
            וְהִשְׁבַּתִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִשְׁבַּתִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiš·bat·tî
                
                
                     and put an end 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cease, desist, rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cease <BR> 1a2) to rest, desist (from labour)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to cease <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to cease, put an end to <BR> 1c2) to exterminate, destroy <BR> 1c3) to cause to desist from <BR> 1c4) to remove <BR> 1c5) to cause to fail <BR> 2) (Qal) to keep or observe the sabbath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiš·bat·tî
         and put an end 
    
 
        
            אֱלִילִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלִילִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lî·lîm
                
                
                     to the images 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) of nought, good for nothing, worthless <BR> 1a) of physicians, a shepherd, a divination <BR> 1b) of false gods 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lî·lîm
         to the images 
    
 
        
            מִנֹּ֔ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנֹּ֔ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nōp̄
                
                
                     in Memphis . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5297 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Noph = |presentability|<BR> 1) another name for 'Memphis' the capital city of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nōp̄
         in Memphis . 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     There will no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         There will no 
    
 
        
            ע֑וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֑וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     longer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         longer 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh-
                
                
                     be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh-
         be 
    
 
        
            וְנָשִׂ֥יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָשִׂ֥יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·śî
                
                
                     a prince 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one lifted up, chief, prince, captain, leader <BR> 2) rising mist, vapour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·śî
         a prince 
    
 
        
            מֵאֶֽרֶץ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֶֽרֶץ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’e·reṣ-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’e·reṣ-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     in Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         in Egypt , 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     and I will instill 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         and I will instill 
    
 
        
            יִרְאָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִרְאָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yir·’āh
                
                
                     fear 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3374 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fear, terror, fearing <BR> 1a) fear, terror <BR> 1b) awesome or terrifying thing (object causing fear)<BR> 1c) fear (of God), respect, reverence, piety <BR> 1d) revered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yir·’āh
         fear 
    
 
        
            בְּאֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     in that land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’e·reṣ
         in that land 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will lay waste Pathros, set fire to Zoan, and execute judgment on Thebes.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַהֲשִׁמֹּתִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲשִׁמֹּתִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·šim·mō·ṯî
                
                
                     I will lay waste 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be desolate, be appalled, stun, stupefy <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be desolated, be deflowered, be deserted, be appalled <BR> 1a2) to be appalled, be awestruck <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be desolated, be made desolate <BR> 1b2) to be appalled <BR> 1c) (Polel) <BR> 1c1) to be stunned <BR> 1c2) appalling, causing horror (participle) <BR> 1c2a) horror-causer, appaller (subst) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to devastate, ravage, make desolated <BR> 1d2) to appal, show horror <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to lay desolate, be desolated <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) <BR> 1f1) to cause to be desolate <BR> 1f2) to be appalled, be astounded <BR> 1f3) to cause oneself desolation, cause oneself ruin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·šim·mō·ṯî
         I will lay waste 
    
 
        
            פַּתְר֔וֹס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּתְר֔וֹס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    paṯ·rō·ws
                
                
                     Pathros 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pathros = |region of the south|<BR> 1) a part of Egypt and the home country of the Pathrusim people; probably located in upper Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        paṯ·rō·ws
         Pathros 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַ֥תִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַ֥תִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     set 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         set 
    
 
        
            אֵ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êš
                
                
                     fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êš
         fire 
    
 
        
            בְּצֹ֑עַן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּצֹ֑עַן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṣō·‘an
                
                
                     to Zoan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6814 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zoan = |place of departure|<BR> 1) an ancient city of lower Egypt called Tanis by the Greeks; located on the eastern bank of the Tanitic branch of the Nile; the capital of the Shepherd dynasty, built 7 years after Hebron and existing before Abraham and the dwelling place of the Pharaoh at the time of the exodus <BR> 1a) modern 'San' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṣō·‘an
         to Zoan , 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯî
                
                
                     and execute 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯî
         and execute 
    
 
        
            שְׁפָטִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁפָטִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·p̄ā·ṭîm
                
                
                     judgment 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, act of judgment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·p̄ā·ṭîm
         judgment 
    
 
        
            בְּנֹֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֹֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nō
                
                
                     on Thebes . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        No = |disrupting|<BR> 1) the ancient capital of Egypt; also 'Thebes' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nō
         on Thebes . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will pour out My wrath on Pelusium, the stronghold of Egypt, and cut off the crowds of Thebes.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשָׁפַכְתִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁפַכְתִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·p̄aḵ·tî
                
                
                     I will pour out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8210 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pour, pour out, spill <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pour, pour out <BR> 1a2) to shed (blood) <BR> 1a3) to pour out (anger or heart) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be poured out, be shed <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be poured out, be shed <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to be poured out <BR> 1d2) to pour out oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·p̄aḵ·tî
         I will pour out 
    
 
        
            חֲמָתִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲמָתִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·mā·ṯî
                
                
                     My wrath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2534 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heat, rage, hot displeasure, indignation, anger, wrath, poison, bottles <BR> 1a) heat <BR> 1a1) fever <BR> 1a2) venom, poison (fig.) <BR> 1b) burning anger, rage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·mā·ṯî
         My wrath 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            סִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sîn
                
                
                     Pelusium , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5512 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sin = |thorn| or |clay|<BR> 1) a town in eastern Egypt <BR> 2) the tract of wilderness between Elim and Sinai 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sîn
         Pelusium , 
    
 
        
            מָע֣וֹז 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָע֣וֹז 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·‘ō·wz
                
                
                     the stronghold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4581 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place or means of safety, protection, refuge, stronghold <BR> 1a) place of safety, fastness, harbour, stronghold <BR> 1b) refuge (of God) (fig.) <BR> 1c) human protection (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·‘ō·wz
         the stronghold 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         of Egypt , 
    
 
        
            וְהִכְרַתִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִכְרַתִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiḵ·rat·tî
                
                
                     and cut off 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, cut off, cut down, cut off a body part, cut out, eliminate, kill, cut a covenant <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut off <BR> 1a1a) to cut off a body part, behead <BR> 1a2) to cut down <BR> 1a3) to hew <BR> 1a4) to cut or make a covenant <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cut off <BR> 1b2) to be cut down <BR> 1b3) to be chewed <BR> 1b4) to be cut off, fail <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be cut off <BR> 1c2) to be cut down <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cut off <BR> 1d2) to cut off, destroy <BR> 1d3) to cut down, destroy <BR> 1d4) to take away <BR> 1d5) to permit to perish <BR> 1e) (Hophal) cut off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiḵ·rat·tî
         and cut off 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הֲמ֥וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲמ֥וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·mō·wn
                
                
                     the crowds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1995 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) murmur, roar, crowd, abundance, tumult, sound <BR> 1a) sound, murmur, rush, roar <BR> 1b) tumult, confusion <BR> 1c) crowd, multitude <BR> 1d) great number, abundance <BR> 1e) abundance, wealth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·mō·wn
         the crowds 
    
 
        
            נֹֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō
                
                
                     of Thebes . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        No = |disrupting|<BR> 1) the ancient capital of Egypt; also 'Thebes' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō
         of Thebes . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will set fire to Egypt, Pelusium will writhe in anguish, Thebes will be split open, and Memphis will face daily distress.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַ֤תִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַ֤תִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     I will set 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         I will set 
    
 
        
            אֵשׁ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵשׁ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êš
                
                
                     fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êš
         fire 
    
 
        
            בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     to Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miṣ·ra·yim
         to Egypt , 
    
 
        
            סִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sîn
                
                
                     Pelusium 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5512 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sin = |thorn| or |clay|<BR> 1) a town in eastern Egypt <BR> 2) the tract of wilderness between Elim and Sinai 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sîn
         Pelusium 
    
 
        
            ח֤וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ח֤וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥūl
                
                
                     will writhe in anguish 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2342 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to twist, whirl, dance, writhe, fear, tremble, travail, be in anguish, be pained <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to dance <BR> 1a2) to twist, writhe <BR> 1a3) to whirl, whirl about <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to dance <BR> 1b2) to writhe (in travail with), bear, bring forth <BR> 1b3) to wait anxiously <BR> 1c) (Pulal) <BR> 1c1) to be made to writhe, be made to bear <BR> 1c2) to be brought forth <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be born <BR> 1e) (Hithpolel) <BR> 1e1) whirling (participle) <BR> 1e2) writhing, suffering torture (participle) <BR> 1e3) to wait longingly <BR> 1f) (Hithpalpel) to be distressed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥūl
         will writhe in anguish 
    
 
        
            תָּחִיל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּחִיל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tå̄·ḥīl
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2342 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to twist, whirl, dance, writhe, fear, tremble, travail, be in anguish, be pained <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to dance <BR> 1a2) to twist, writhe <BR> 1a3) to whirl, whirl about <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to dance <BR> 1b2) to writhe (in travail with), bear, bring forth <BR> 1b3) to wait anxiously <BR> 1c) (Pulal) <BR> 1c1) to be made to writhe, be made to bear <BR> 1c2) to be brought forth <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be born <BR> 1e) (Hithpolel) <BR> 1e1) whirling (participle) <BR> 1e2) writhing, suffering torture (participle) <BR> 1e3) to wait longingly <BR> 1f) (Hithpalpel) to be distressed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tå̄·ḥīl
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְנֹ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֹ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nō
                
                
                     Thebes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        No = |disrupting|<BR> 1) the ancient capital of Egypt; also 'Thebes' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nō
         Thebes 
    
 
        
            תִּהְיֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּהְיֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·yeh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·yeh
         will be 
    
 
        
            לְהִבָּקֵ֑עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהִבָּקֵ֑עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hib·bā·qê·a‘
                
                
                     split open , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Nifal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1234 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to split, cleave, break open, divide, break through, rip up, break up, tear <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cleave, cleave open <BR> 1a2) to break through, break into <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cleft, be rent open, be split open <BR> 1b2) to be broken into <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cleave, cut to pieces, rend open <BR> 1c2) to break through, break down <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be ripped open, be torn open <BR> 1d2) to be rent <BR> 1d3) to be broken into <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to break into <BR> 1e2) to break through <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be broken into <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) to burst (themselves) open, cleave asunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hib·bā·qê·a‘
         split open , 
    
 
        
            וְנֹ֖ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֹ֖ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nōp̄
                
                
                     and Memphis 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5297 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Noph = |presentability|<BR> 1) another name for 'Memphis' the capital city of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nōp̄
         and Memphis 
    
 
        
            יוֹמָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹמָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·mām
                
                
                     [will face] daily 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3119 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) by day, in the daytime <BR> subst <BR> 2) daytime 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·mām
         [will face] daily 
    
 
        
            צָרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·rê
                
                
                     distress . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6862 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) narrow, tight <BR> 2) straits, distress <BR> 3) adversary, foe, enemy, oppressor <BR> 4) hard pebble, flint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·rê
         distress . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The young men of On and Pi-beseth will fall by the sword, and those cities will go into captivity.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בַּח֥וּרֵי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּח֥וּרֵי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥū·rê
                
                
                     The young men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        970 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) youth, young man 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥū·rê
         The young men 
    
 
        
            אָ֛וֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָ֛וֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·wen
                
                
                     of On 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        204 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        On = |strength or vigour|<BR> 1) city in lower Egypt, bordering land of Goshen, centre of sun-worship, residence of Potipherah (priest of On and father-in-law of Joseph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·wen
         of On 
    
 
        
            וּפִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄î-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6364 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pi-beseth = |mouth of loathing|<BR> 1) a town of lower Egypt located on the west bank of the Pelusiac branch of the Nile about 40 miles from Memphis<BR> 1a) same as 'Bubastis' named after the goddess of the same name 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄î-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            בֶ֖סֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶ֖סֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇe·seṯ
                
                
                     and Pi-beseth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6364 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pi-beseth = |mouth of loathing|<BR> 1) a town of lower Egypt located on the west bank of the Pelusiac branch of the Nile about 40 miles from Memphis<BR> 1a) same as 'Bubastis' named after the goddess of the same name 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇe·seṯ
         and Pi-beseth 
    
 
        
            יִפֹּ֑לוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפֹּ֑לוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip·pō·lū
                
                
                     will fall 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip·pō·lū
         will fall 
    
 
        
            בַּחֶ֣רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֶ֣רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥe·reḇ
                
                
                     by the sword , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥe·reḇ
         by the sword , 
    
 
        
            וְהֵ֖נָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵ֖נָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hên·nāh
                
                
                     and those [cities] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2007 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hên·nāh
         and those [cities] 
    
 
        
            תֵלַֽכְנָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵלַֽכְנָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯê·laḵ·nāh
                
                
                     will go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯê·laḵ·nāh
         will go 
    
 
        
            בַּשְּׁבִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּשְּׁבִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baš·šə·ḇî
                
                
                     into captivity . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) captivity, captives <BR> 1a) (state of) captivity <BR> 1b) (act of) capture <BR> 1c) captives<BR> n f <BR> 2) captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baš·šə·ḇî
         into captivity . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The day will be darkened in Tahpanhes when I break the yoke of Egypt and her proud strength comes to an end. A cloud will cover her, and her daughters will go into captivity.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַיּ֔וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֔וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     The day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         The day 
    
 
        
            חָשַׂ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָשַׂ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·śaḵ
                
                
                     will be darkened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to withhold, restrain, hold back, keep in check, refrain <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to withhold, keep back, keep for oneself, keep from, hold in check, refrain, spare, reserve <BR> 1a2) to restrain, check <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to assuage, be spared 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·śaḵ
         will be darkened 
    
 
        
            וּבִֽתְחַפְנְחֵס֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִֽתְחַפְנְחֵס֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇiṯ·ḥap̄·nə·ḥês
                
                
                     in Tahpanhes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Tahpanhes or Tahapanes or Tehaphnehes = |thou will fill hands with pity|<BR> 1) a city in Egypt; modern 'Tel Defenneh' or 'Tel Defneh' located approx 18 miles (29 km) east southeast from Tanis 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇiṯ·ḥap̄·nə·ḥês
         in Tahpanhes 
    
 
        
            בְּשִׁבְרִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשִׁבְרִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·šiḇ·rî-
                
                
                     when I break 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break, break in pieces <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) break, break in or down, rend violently, wreck, crush, quench <BR> 1a2) to break, rupture (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be broken, be maimed, be crippled, be wrecked <BR> 1b2) to be broken, be crushed (fig) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to shatter, break <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to break out, bring to the birth <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be broken, be shattered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·šiḇ·rî-
         when I break 
    
 
        
            שָׁם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מֹט֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹט֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·ṭō·wṯ
                
                
                     the yoke 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pole, bar of yoke <BR> 1a) pole <BR> 1b) bar of yoke <BR> 1b1) of oppression (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·ṭō·wṯ
         the yoke 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            בָּ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bāh
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bāh
         and 
    
 
        
            גְּא֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּא֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·’ō·wn
                
                
                     her proud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1347 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) exaltation, majesty, pride <BR> 1a) majesty, exaltation, excellence <BR> 1a1) of nations <BR> 1a2) of God <BR> 1a3) of the Jordan <BR> 1b) pride, arrogance (bad sense) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·’ō·wn
         her proud 
    
 
        
            עֻזָּ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֻזָּ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘uz·zāh
                
                
                     strength 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5797 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) might, strength <BR> 1a) material or physical <BR> 1b) personal or social or political 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘uz·zāh
         strength 
    
 
        
            הִ֚יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֚יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְנִשְׁבַּת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִשְׁבַּת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niš·baṯ-
                
                
                     comes to an end . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cease, desist, rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cease <BR> 1a2) to rest, desist (from labour)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to cease <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to cease, put an end to <BR> 1c2) to exterminate, destroy <BR> 1c3) to cause to desist from <BR> 1c4) to remove <BR> 1c5) to cause to fail <BR> 2) (Qal) to keep or observe the sabbath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niš·baṯ-
         comes to an end . 
    
 
        
            עָנָ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנָ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nān
                
                
                     A cloud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6051 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cloud, cloudy, cloud-mass <BR> 1a) cloud-mass (of theophanic cloud) <BR> 1b) cloud 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nān
         A cloud 
    
 
        
            יְכַסֶּ֔נָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְכַסֶּ֔נָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḵas·sen·nāh
                
                
                     will cover her , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, conceal, hide <BR> 1a) (Qal) conceal, covered (participle)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be covered <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cover, clothe <BR> 1c2) to cover, conceal <BR> 1c3) to cover (for protection) <BR> 1c4) to cover over, spread over <BR> 1c5) to cover, overwhelm <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be covered <BR> 1d2) to be clothed <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to cover oneself, clothe oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḵas·sen·nāh
         will cover her , 
    
 
        
            וּבְנוֹתֶ֖יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנוֹתֶ֖יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     and her daughters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
         and her daughters 
    
 
        
            תֵלַֽכְנָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵלַֽכְנָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯê·laḵ·nāh
                
                
                     will go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯê·laḵ·nāh
         will go 
    
 
        
            בַּשְּׁבִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּשְּׁבִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baš·šə·ḇî
                
                
                     into captivity . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) captivity, captives <BR> 1a) (state of) captivity <BR> 1b) (act of) capture <BR> 1c) captives<BR> n f <BR> 2) captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baš·šə·ḇî
         into captivity . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So I will execute judgment on Egypt, and they will know that I am the LORD.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯî
                
                
                     So I will execute 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯî
         So I will execute 
    
 
        
            שְׁפָטִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁפָטִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·p̄ā·ṭîm
                
                
                     judgment 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, act of judgment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·p̄ā·ṭîm
         judgment 
    
 
        
            בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     on Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miṣ·rā·yim
         on Egypt , 
    
 
        
            וְיָדְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     and they will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         and they will know 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In the eleventh year, on the seventh day of the first month, the word of the LORD came to me, saying,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         
    
 
        
            בְּאַחַ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאַחַ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’a·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     In the eleventh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’a·ḥaṯ
         In the eleventh 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שָׁנָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nāh
                
                
                     year , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nāh
         year , 
    
 
        
            בְּשִׁבְעָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשִׁבְעָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·šiḇ·‘āh
                
                
                     on the seventh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·šiḇ·‘āh
         on the seventh 
    
 
        
            לַחֹ֑דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַחֹ֑דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥō·ḏeš
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥō·ḏeš
         day 
    
 
        
            בָּֽרִאשׁ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּֽרִאשׁ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ri·šō·wn
                
                
                     of the first month , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) first, primary, former <BR> 1a) former (of time) <BR> 1a1) ancestors <BR> 1a2) former things <BR> 1b) foremost (of location) <BR> 1c) first (in time) <BR> 1d) first, chief (in degree) <BR> adv <BR> 2) first, before, formerly, at first 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ri·šō·wn
         of the first month , 
    
 
        
            דְבַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְבַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·ḇar-
                
                
                     the word 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·ḇar-
         the word 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            הָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yāh
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yāh
         came 
    
 
        
            אֵלַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lay
                
                
                     to me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lay
         to me , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     saying , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         saying , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Son of man, I have broken the arm of Pharaoh king of Egypt. See, it has not been bound up for healing, or splinted for strength to hold the sword.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     “ Son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         “ Son 
    
 
        
            אָדָ֕ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָדָ֕ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     of man , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         of man , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שָׁבָ֑רְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁבָ֑רְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·ḇā·rə·tî
                
                
                     I have broken 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break, break in pieces <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) break, break in or down, rend violently, wreck, crush, quench <BR> 1a2) to break, rupture (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be broken, be maimed, be crippled, be wrecked <BR> 1b2) to be broken, be crushed (fig) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to shatter, break <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to break out, bring to the birth <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be broken, be shattered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·ḇā·rə·tî
         I have broken 
    
 
        
            זְר֛וֹעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְר֛וֹעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·rō·w·a‘
                
                
                     the arm 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arm, forearm, shoulder, strength <BR> 1a) arm <BR> 1b) arm (as symbol of strength) <BR> 1c) forces (political and military) <BR> 1d) shoulder (of animal sacrificed) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·rō·w·a‘
         the arm 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     of Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         of Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         king 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt . 
    
 
        
            וְהִנֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh
                
                
                     See , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh
         See , 
    
 
        
            לֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     it has not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         it has not 
    
 
        
            חֻ֠בְּשָׁה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֻ֠בְּשָׁה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥub·bə·šāh
                
                
                     been bound up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Pual - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2280 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tie, bind, bind on, bind up, saddle, restrain, bandage, govern<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to bind, bind on <BR> 1a2) to bind up <BR> 1b) (Piel) to bind, restrain <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be bound up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥub·bə·šāh
         been bound up 
    
 
        
            רְפֻא֜וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְפֻא֜וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·p̄u·’ō·wṯ
                
                
                     for healing , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) remedy, medicine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·p̄u·’ō·wṯ
         for healing , 
    
 
        
            לָתֵ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָתֵ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ṯêṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ṯêṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            לָשׂ֥וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָשׂ֥וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·śūm
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·śūm
         vvv 
    
 
        
            חִתּ֛וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חִתּ֛וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥit·tūl
                
                
                     or splinted 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2848 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bandage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥit·tūl
         or splinted 
    
 
        
            לְחָבְשָׁ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחָבְשָׁ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥā·ḇə·šāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2280 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tie, bind, bind on, bind up, saddle, restrain, bandage, govern<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to bind, bind on <BR> 1a2) to bind up <BR> 1b) (Piel) to bind, restrain <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be bound up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥā·ḇə·šāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְחָזְקָ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחָזְקָ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥā·zə·qāh
                
                
                     for strength 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥā·zə·qāh
         for strength 
    
 
        
            לִתְפֹּ֥שׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִתְפֹּ֥שׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liṯ·pōś
                
                
                     to hold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8610 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to catch, handle, lay hold, take hold of, seize, wield <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lay hold of, seize, arrest, catch <BR> 1a2) to grasp (in order to) wield, wield, use skilfully <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be seized, be arrested, be caught, be taken, captured <BR> 1c) (Piel) to catch, grasp (with the hands) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liṯ·pōś
         to hold 
    
 
        
            בֶּחָֽרֶב׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּחָֽרֶב׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    be·ḥā·reḇ
                
                
                     the sword . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        be·ḥā·reḇ
         the sword . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore this is what the Lord GOD says: Behold, I am against Pharaoh king of Egypt. I will break his arms, both the strong one and the one already broken, and will make the sword fall from his hand.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לָכֵ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֵ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵên
                
                
                     Therefore 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵên
         Therefore 
    
 
        
            כֹּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh-
                
                
                     this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh-
         this is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהֹוִ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהֹוִ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֣ר׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֣ר׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            הִנְנִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנְנִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nî
                
                
                     Behold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interj<BR> 1) behold, lo, though hypothetical part <BR> 2) if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nî
         Behold , 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     I am against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         I am against 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         king 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt . 
    
 
        
            וְשָֽׁבַרְתִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָֽׁבַרְתִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·ḇar·tî
                
                
                     I will break 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break, break in pieces <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) break, break in or down, rend violently, wreck, crush, quench <BR> 1a2) to break, rupture (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be broken, be maimed, be crippled, be wrecked <BR> 1b2) to be broken, be crushed (fig) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to shatter, break <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to break out, bring to the birth <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be broken, be shattered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·ḇar·tî
         I will break 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            זְרֹ֣עֹתָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְרֹ֣עֹתָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·rō·‘ō·ṯāw
                
                
                     his arms , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arm, forearm, shoulder, strength <BR> 1a) arm <BR> 1b) arm (as symbol of strength) <BR> 1c) forces (political and military) <BR> 1d) shoulder (of animal sacrificed) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·rō·‘ō·ṯāw
         his arms , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַחֲזָקָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֲזָקָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥă·zā·qāh
                
                
                     both the strong one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strong, stout, mighty <BR> 1a) strong <BR> 1a1) severe, sharp, hot<BR> 1a2) firm, hard <BR> 1b) a strong one (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥă·zā·qāh
         both the strong one 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַנִּשְׁבָּ֑רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנִּשְׁבָּ֑רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·niš·bā·reṯ
                
                
                     and the one already broken , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break, break in pieces <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) break, break in or down, rend violently, wreck, crush, quench <BR> 1a2) to break, rupture (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be broken, be maimed, be crippled, be wrecked <BR> 1b2) to be broken, be crushed (fig) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to shatter, break <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to break out, bring to the birth <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be broken, be shattered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·niš·bā·reṯ
         and the one already broken , 
    
 
        
            הַחֶ֖רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֶ֖רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥe·reḇ
                
                
                     and will make the sword 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥe·reḇ
         and will make the sword 
    
 
        
            וְהִפַּלְתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִפַּלְתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hip·pal·tî
                
                
                     fall 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hip·pal·tî
         fall 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִיָּדֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיָּדֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·yā·ḏōw
                
                
                     from his hand . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·yā·ḏōw
         from his hand . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will disperse the Egyptians among the nations and scatter them throughout the lands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַהֲפִצוֹתִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲפִצוֹתִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·p̄i·ṣō·w·ṯî
                
                
                     I will disperse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to scatter, be dispersed, be scattered <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be dispersed, be scattered <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be scattered <BR> 1b2) to be spread abroad <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to scatter <BR> 1d) Hithpael) scatter <BR> 2) (Qal) to flow, overflow <BR> 3) to break <BR> 3a) (Polel) to shatter <BR> 3b) (Pilpel) to dash to pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·p̄i·ṣō·w·ṯî
         I will disperse 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            בַּגּוֹיִ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגּוֹיִ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     among the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gō·w·yim
         among the nations 
    
 
        
            וְזֵרִיתִ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזֵרִיתִ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zê·rî·ṯim
                
                
                     and scatter them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2219 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to scatter, fan, cast away, winnow, disperse, compass, spread, be scattered, be dispersed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to scatter <BR> 1a2) to fan, winnow <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be scattered, be dispersed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to scatter, disperse (intensive of Qal) <BR> 1c2) to winnow, sift <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be scattered, be spread out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zê·rî·ṯim
         and scatter them 
    
 
        
            בָּאֲרָצֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאֲרָצֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’ă·rā·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     throughout the lands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’ă·rā·ṣō·wṯ
         throughout the lands . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will strengthen the arms of Babylon’s king and place My sword in his hand, but I will break the arms of Pharaoh, who will groan before him like a mortally wounded man.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְחִזַּקְתִּ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחִזַּקְתִּ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥiz·zaq·tî
                
                
                     I will strengthen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥiz·zaq·tî
         I will strengthen 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            זְרֹעוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְרֹעוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·rō·‘ō·wṯ
                
                
                     the arms 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arm, forearm, shoulder, strength <BR> 1a) arm <BR> 1b) arm (as symbol of strength) <BR> 1c) forces (political and military) <BR> 1d) shoulder (of animal sacrificed) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·rō·‘ō·wṯ
         the arms 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon’s 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     and place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         and place 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חַרְבִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְבִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·bî
                
                
                     My sword 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·bî
         My sword 
    
 
        
            בְּיָד֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָד֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏōw
                
                
                     in his hand , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏōw
         in his hand , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁבַרְתִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁבַרְתִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·ḇar·tî
                
                
                     but I will break 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break, break in pieces <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) break, break in or down, rend violently, wreck, crush, quench <BR> 1a2) to break, rupture (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be broken, be maimed, be crippled, be wrecked <BR> 1b2) to be broken, be crushed (fig) <BR> 1c) (Piel) to shatter, break <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to break out, bring to the birth <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be broken, be shattered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·ḇar·tî
         but I will break 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            זְרֹע֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְרֹע֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·rō·‘ō·wṯ
                
                
                     the arms 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arm, forearm, shoulder, strength <BR> 1a) arm <BR> 1b) arm (as symbol of strength) <BR> 1c) forces (political and military) <BR> 1d) shoulder (of animal sacrificed) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·rō·‘ō·wṯ
         the arms 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     of Pharaoh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         of Pharaoh , 
    
 
        
            וְנָאַ֛ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָאַ֛ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·’aq
                
                
                     [who] will groan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5008 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to groan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·’aq
         [who] will groan 
    
 
        
            לְפָנָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְפָנָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·p̄ā·nāw
                
                
                     before him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·p̄ā·nāw
         before him 
    
 
        
            נַאֲק֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַאֲק֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·’ă·qō·wṯ
                
                
                     like 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) groan, groaning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·’ă·qō·wṯ
         like 
    
 
        
            חָלָ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָלָ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·lāl
                
                
                     a [mortally] wounded [man] . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2491 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) slain, fatally wounded, pierced <BR> 1a) pierced, fatally wounded <BR> 1b) slain <BR> adj<BR> 2) (CLBL) profaned <BR> 2a) defiled, profaned (by divorce) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·lāl
         a [mortally] wounded [man] . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will strengthen the arms of Babylon’s king, but Pharaoh’s arms will fall limp. Then they will know that I am the LORD, when I place My sword in the hand of Babylon’s king, and he wields it against the land of Egypt.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהַחֲזַקְתִּ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַחֲזַקְתִּ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ha·ḥă·zaq·tî
                
                
                     I will strengthen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ha·ḥă·zaq·tî
         I will strengthen 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            זְרֹעוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְרֹעוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·rō·‘ō·wṯ
                
                
                     the arms 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arm, forearm, shoulder, strength <BR> 1a) arm <BR> 1b) arm (as symbol of strength) <BR> 1c) forces (political and military) <BR> 1d) shoulder (of animal sacrificed) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·rō·‘ō·wṯ
         the arms 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon’s 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king , 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     but Pharaoh’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         but Pharaoh’s 
    
 
        
            וּזְרֹע֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּזְרֹע֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·zə·rō·‘ō·wṯ
                
                
                     arms 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arm, forearm, shoulder, strength <BR> 1a) arm <BR> 1b) arm (as symbol of strength) <BR> 1c) forces (political and military) <BR> 1d) shoulder (of animal sacrificed) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·zə·rō·‘ō·wṯ
         arms 
    
 
        
            תִּפֹּ֑לְנָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּפֹּ֑לְנָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tip·pō·lə·nāh
                
                
                     will fall limp . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tip·pō·lə·nāh
         will fall limp . 
    
 
        
            וְֽיָדְע֞וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְֽיָדְע֞וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     Then they will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         Then they will know 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD , 
    
 
        
            בְּתִתִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתִתִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯit·tî
                
                
                     when I place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯit·tî
         when I place 
    
 
        
            חַרְבִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְבִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·bî
                
                
                     My sword 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·bî
         My sword 
    
 
        
            בְּיַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ
                
                
                     in the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ
         in the hand 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon’s 
    
 
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     king , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         king , 
    
 
        
            וְנָטָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָטָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṭāh
                
                
                     and he wields 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṭāh
         and he wields 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯāh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯāh
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     it against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         it against 
    
 
        
            אֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         of Egypt . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will disperse the Egyptians among the nations and scatter them throughout the lands. Then they will know that I am the LORD.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַהֲפִצוֹתִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲפִצוֹתִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·p̄i·ṣō·w·ṯî
                
                
                     I will disperse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to scatter, be dispersed, be scattered <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be dispersed, be scattered <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be scattered <BR> 1b2) to be spread abroad <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to scatter <BR> 1d) Hithpael) scatter <BR> 2) (Qal) to flow, overflow <BR> 3) to break <BR> 3a) (Polel) to shatter <BR> 3b) (Pilpel) to dash to pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·p̄i·ṣō·w·ṯî
         I will disperse 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            בַּגּוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגּוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     among the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gō·w·yim
         among the nations 
    
 
        
            וְזֵרִיתִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזֵרִיתִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zê·rî·ṯî
                
                
                     and scatter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2219 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to scatter, fan, cast away, winnow, disperse, compass, spread, be scattered, be dispersed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to scatter <BR> 1a2) to fan, winnow <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be scattered, be dispersed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to scatter, disperse (intensive of Qal) <BR> 1c2) to winnow, sift <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be scattered, be spread out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zê·rî·ṯî
         and scatter 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            בָּאֲרָצ֑וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאֲרָצ֑וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’ă·rā·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     throughout the lands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’ă·rā·ṣō·wṯ
         throughout the lands . 
    
 
        
            וְיָדְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     Then they will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         Then they will know 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD . ”